blob: 0bbba4db6fca9a8c5758f2d40ec5244dc2996419 [file] [log] [blame]
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Jul 16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200938You can add them to your .vimrc.
939
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200940To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200941 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
942<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200943To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200944 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
945<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
961
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000962BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000963
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200964The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000965for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
966are supported.
967
968Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
969in ones |.vimrc|: >
970 let baan_code_stds=1
971
972*baan-folding*
973
974Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
975mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
976source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
977
978To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
979 let baan_fold=1
980Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
981indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
982considered equal to a tab). >
983 let baan_fold_block=1
984Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000985SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
987 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000988Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000989the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
990.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
991 set foldminlines=5
992 set foldnestmax=6
993
994
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000995BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000996
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000997Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000998which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
999five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1000otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1001Basic.
1002
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001003If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1004example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1005 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1006
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001007
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001008C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001009
1010A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001011(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001012 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001013 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1014To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001016Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001018An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1019 :set filetype=cpp
1020
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001021Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001022*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1023*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001024*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1025*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001026*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1027*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1028*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001029 ...except { and } in first column
1030 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1031 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1033 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001034*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001035*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001036*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1037*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001038*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001039 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001040*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1041*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1042*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1043*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1044*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001045*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1046*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001047
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001048When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1049become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1050 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001051"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1052 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001053
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001054If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1055when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1056to a larger number: >
1057 :let c_minlines = 100
1058This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1059displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1060disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1061
1062When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1063works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1064you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1065
1066To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1067Example: >
1068 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1069 :function MyCadd()
1070 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1071 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1072 : hi link cMyItem Title
1073 :endfun
1074
1075ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1076"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1077not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1078highlighting: >
1079 :hi link cConstant NONE
1080
1081If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1082highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1083
1084If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001085in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001086~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001087 syn sync fromstart
1088 set foldmethod=syntax
1089
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001090CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001091
1092C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1093the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1094
1095By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1096of C or C++: >
1097 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1098
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001099
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001100CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101
1102Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1103that are available. Additionally there is:
1104
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1106chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1107chill_minlines like c_minlines
1108
1109
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001110CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001111
1112ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1113If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1114 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1115This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1116"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1117file).
1118
1119You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1120 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1121Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1122 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1123This works immediately.
1124
1125
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001126CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1127
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001128 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1129
1130Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1131but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1132|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1133syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001134>
1135 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001136 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1137 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001138 \ }
1139<
1140Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1141
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001142There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1143this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1144dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001145
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001146By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1147"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1148namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001150
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001151 *g:clojure_fold*
1152
1153Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1154list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1155the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1156
1157
1158 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1159
1160Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1161reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001162>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001163 #_(defn foo [x]
1164 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001165<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001166Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1167(e.g. `#_#_`).
1168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001170COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001171
1172COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1173development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1174versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1175add this line to your .vimrc: >
1176 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1177To disable it again, use this: >
1178 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1179
1180
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001181COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001182
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001183The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001184comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1185
1186 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1187
1188The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1189
1190
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001191CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1192
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001193Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001194
1195Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001196cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001197cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001198cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1199cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001200
1201
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001202CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203
1204This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1205used.
1206
1207Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1208symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1209between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001210"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1211>
1212 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213
1214For using tcsh: >
1215
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001216 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001217
1218Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1219tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001220will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001221"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1222variable.
1223
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001224CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1225
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001226If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1227longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1228variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001229
1230 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1231
1232And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1233
1234 :w
1235 :e
1236
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001237Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001238
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001239
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001240CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001241
1242Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001243hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001244or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001245normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001246line to your .vimrc file: >
1247
1248 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1249
1250Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1251
1252 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1253
1254To disable these again, use this: >
1255
1256 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1257 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1258<
1259
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001260CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001261
1262Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1263doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1264startup vimrc: >
1265 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1266
1267
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001268DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1269
1270Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1271used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1272a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1273from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1274
1275More information about the language and its development environment at the
1276official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1277
1278dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1279type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1280and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1281framework.
1282
1283Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1284
1285https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1286
1287
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001288DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001289
1290Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001291according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001292https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1293To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1294 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1295Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1296To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1297 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1298g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001299
1300
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001301DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001302
1303The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1304there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1305
1306 :let diff_translations = 0
1307
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001308Also see |diff-slow|.
1309
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001310DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001311
1312The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1313provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1314the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1315versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1316uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1317line to your startup file: >
1318 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1319
1320
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001321DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001322DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1323DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001324
1325There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1326are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1327automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1328defaults to XML.
1329You can set the type manually: >
1330 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1331or: >
1332 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1333You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1334Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1335 :set filetype=docbksgml
1336or: >
1337 :set filetype=docbkxml
1338
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001339You can specify the DocBook version: >
1340 :let docbk_ver = 3
1341When not set 4 is used.
1342
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001343
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001344DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001345
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001346Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1347supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1348NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1349and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001350Select the version you want with the following line: >
1351
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001352 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001353
1354If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001355Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001356
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001357The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1358alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1359current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1360inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1361Stack Overflow -
1362
1363https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1364
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001365To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1366Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1367anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001368
1369 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1370
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001371If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1372block will be highlighted as an error.
1373
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001374There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001375"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1376is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001377
1378 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1379
1380If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1381
1382
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001383DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1384
1385Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001386(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1387idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001388
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001389There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1390explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1391Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001392 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1393or >
1394 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1395
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001396It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1397the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1398adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001399 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1400
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001401There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1402and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001403
1404Variable Default Effect ~
1405g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1406g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1407 doxygen comments.
1408
1409doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1410 and html_my_rendering underline.
1411
1412doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1413 colour highlighting.
1414
1415doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001416 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001417
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001418There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001419configuration.
1420
1421Highlight Effect ~
1422doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1423 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1424doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1425 \endlink from a \link section.
1426
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001427
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001428DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001429
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001430The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001431case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1432
1433 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1434
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001435The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001436this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1437
1438 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1439
1440before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1441Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1442'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1443Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1444highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001445delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001446
1447 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1448
1449The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1450
1451
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001452EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001453
1454While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001455syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1456highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001457highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1458
1459 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1460
1461Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1462
1463Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1464
1465 :let eiffel_strict=1
1466 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1467
1468Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1469five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1470"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1471
1472Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1473guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1474lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1475
1476If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1477"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1478
1479 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1480
1481instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1482
1483Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1484experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1485
1486 :let eiffel_ise=1
1487
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001488Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001489
1490 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1491
1492to your startup file.
1493
1494
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001495EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1496
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001497Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001498version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001499Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1500
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001501Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1502still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1503Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001504
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001505The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1506
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001507 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1508 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1509
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001510To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001511auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1512add the following line to your startup file: >
1513
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001514 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001515
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001516< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001517
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001518 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1519
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001520Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001521specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1522file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1523filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1524Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001525
1526
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001527ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001528
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001529Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001530the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001531
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001532The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1533put the following line in your vimrc: >
1534
1535 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1536
1537To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1538
1539 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001540
1541
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001542ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1543
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001544Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1545maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001546
1547The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1548
1549 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1550
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001551Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001552specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1553file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1554filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1555Elixir.
1556
1557
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001558FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1559
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001560FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1561http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001562NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001563development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001564
1565Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1566syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1567editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1568start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1569'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1570(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1571and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1572
1573If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1574move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1575 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1576
1577
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001578FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001579
1580The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1581modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001582following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001583J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1584
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001585If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001586redefine the following syntax groups:
1587
1588 - formConditional
1589 - formNumber
1590 - formStatement
1591 - formHeaderStatement
1592 - formComment
1593 - formPreProc
1594 - formDirective
1595 - formType
1596 - formString
1597
1598Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1599directives per default in the same syntax group.
1600
1601A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001602header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001603this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1604
1605 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1606
1607The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001608gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001609conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1610
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001611Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1612should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1613the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1614
1615If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1616example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1617 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1618
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001619
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001620FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1621
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001622Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1623be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1624edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1625 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001626 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1627
1628
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001629FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630
1631Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001632Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1633choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16342023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
163590, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1636respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001637items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001638
1639The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1640fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1641the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001642
1643Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001644Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001645syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1646
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001647When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001648form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001650in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1651source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001652 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1653in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1654
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001655If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1656extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1657file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1658will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1659on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001661When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001662source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001663fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1664neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001665determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1666using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1667compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001668free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1669different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1670script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1671no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1672fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1673In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1674the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1675happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1676columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1677file.
1678
1679Vendor extensions ~
1680Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1681script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1682created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1683characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1684with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001685 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001686placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1687
1688If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1689set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1690 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1691placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1692
1693To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1694intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1695command such as >
1696 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1697placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001698
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001699Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001700Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001701fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001702Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001703using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001704variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1705 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001706placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001707mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1708
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001709Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001710Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1711fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001712 :let fortran_fold=1
1713to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1714is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001715subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1716units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1717constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1718fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001719 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001720then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001721select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1722be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001724The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1725comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1726non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1727or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001728items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001729
1730Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001731Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1732strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001733because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1734
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001735For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001736|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001737
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001738FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1739
1740FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1741dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1742for how to select the correct dialect.
1743
1744Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1745
1746Variable Highlight ~
1747*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1748*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1749*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1750*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1751
1752
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001753
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001754FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001755
1756In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1757the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1758appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1759patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1760number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1761
1762For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1763as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1764
1765 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1766 \ set filetype=fvwm
1767
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001768GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001769
1770The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1771the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1772is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1773are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1774
1775 htmlString
1776 htmlValue
1777 htmlEndTag
1778 htmlTag
1779 htmlTagN
1780
1781Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1782java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1783group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1784correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1785to the contains clause.
1786
1787The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1788group to make them easier to see.
1789
1790
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001791GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001792
1793The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001794under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001795of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1796filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1797(see |filetype.txt|).
1798
1799
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001800HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001801
1802The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001803Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001804syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1805
1806If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1807light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1808 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1809To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1810add: >
1811 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1812To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1813 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1814And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1815 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1816If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1817your .vimrc: >
1818 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1819
1820The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1821directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1823operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001824as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1825 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1826
1827The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1828automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1829TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001830or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001831in your .vimrc >
1832 :let lhs_markup = none
1833for no highlighting at all, or >
1834 :let lhs_markup = tex
1835to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1836For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1837this variable, so e.g. >
1838 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001839will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001840set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1841loading a file.
1842
1843
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001844HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001845
1846The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1847
1848The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1849This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001850closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1851are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001852
1853Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1854names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1855makes it easy to spot errors
1856
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001857Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001858names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1859
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001860Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001861are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1862text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1863while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001864only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001865<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001866
1867If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1868following syntax groups:
1869
1870 - htmlBold
1871 - htmlBoldUnderline
1872 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1873 - htmlUnderline
1874 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1875 - htmlItalic
1876 - htmlTitle for titles
1877 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1878
1879To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1880of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1881following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1882are read during initialization) >
1883 :let html_my_rendering=1
1884
1885If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1886http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1887
1888You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1889vimrc file: >
1890 :let html_no_rendering=1
1891
1892HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1893details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1894However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001895ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001896 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1897
1898JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1899'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001900programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1901currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001902
1903Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1904
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001905There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1906written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001907following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1908(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001909>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001910 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1911 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1912
1913Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1914the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1915
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001916 *html-folding*
1917The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1918and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1919
1920 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1921 :set foldmethod=syntax
1922
1923Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1924especially for large files.
1925
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001926
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001927HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001928
1929The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1930
1931Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1932doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1933this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1934different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1935 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1936
1937Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1938
1939Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1940signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1941a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1942 :set syntax=htmlos
1943
1944Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1945block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1946
1947
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001948IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001949
1950Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1951how to recognize this filetype.
1952
1953To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1954 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1955
1956
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001957INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001958
1959Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1960most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1961to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1962 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1963
1964By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1965and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1966you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1967need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1968 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1969
1970This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1971set of highlighted system functions.
1972
1973The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1974it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1975by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1976startup sequence: >
1977 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1978
1979By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1980version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1981Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1982startup sequence: >
1983 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1984
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001985IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1986
1987IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1988Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1989
1990IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1991rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001992repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001993
1994There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1995are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1996
1997The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1998
1999Variable Effect ~
2000
2001idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2002 extensions
2003idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2004idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2005 quite helpful)
2006idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2007
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002008
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002009JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002010
2011The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
2012
2013In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2014flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002015classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2016old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002017 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2018
2019All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2020highlight them use: >
2021 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2022
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002023You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002024download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2025If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2026use the following: >
2027 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2028Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2029
2030Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002031how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002032headers of function declarations:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002034If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
2035a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002037 :let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
2038 :let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
2039 :let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
2040 :let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
2041 :let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
2042 :let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
2043 :let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
2044 :let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
2045Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002046However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002047supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is any
2048amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002049 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002050In addition, you can combine any value of "java_highlight_functions" with >
2051 :let java_highlight_signature=1
2052to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2053highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2054to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2055distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2056
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002057If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2058function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2059or compose new ones.
2060
2061Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2062down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2063conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
2064 :let java_highlight_generics=1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002065
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002066In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002067only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002068statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002069your startup file: >
2070 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2071The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002072characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002073new highlightings for the following groups.:
2074 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2075which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002076strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002077have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002078
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002079Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2080creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2081similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2082and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002083 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2084 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2085 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2086 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2087 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002088 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002089 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2090To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2091 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2092
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002093If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2094can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2095scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2096actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2097CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002098 :let java_javascript=1
2099 :let java_css=1
2100 :let java_vb=1
2101
2102In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2103for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2104 :hi link javaParen Comment
2105or >
2106 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2107
2108If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2109when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2110to a larger number: >
2111 :let java_minlines = 50
2112This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2113displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2114number is that redrawing can become slow.
2115
2116
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002117JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2118
2119The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2120default. To disable concealment: >
2121 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2122
2123To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2124 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2125
2126
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002127JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2128
2129To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2130 hi link jqNumber Normal
2131
2132If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2133 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2134
2135
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002136LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002137
2138Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2139style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2140define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2141 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2142
2143
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002144LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002145
2146Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2147gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2148 :syn sync minlines=300
2149may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2150difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2151
2152
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002153LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2154
2155To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2156
2157 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2158<
2159
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002160LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2161
2162The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2163
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002164 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002165 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2166 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002167 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002168 of parenthesization will receive different
2169 highlighting.
2170<
2171The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2172the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2173colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2174specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002175usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002176highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2177
2178
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002179LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002180
2181There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2182
2183If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2184
2185 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2186
2187For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2188set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2189
2190 :let lite_minlines = 200
2191
2192
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002193LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002195LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002196file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2197users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2198should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2199
2200 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2201
2202If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002203modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002204
2205 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2206
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002207For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002208
2209 // vim:set ft=c:
2210
2211If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2212
2213There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002214used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002215and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002216assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002217you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2218
2219 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2220
2221For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2222
2223 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2224
2225For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2226
2227 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2228
2229For uLPC series of LPC:
2230uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2231instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2232
2233
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002234LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002235
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002236The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002237the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2238lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022395.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002240
2241 :let lua_version = 5
2242 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002243
2244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002245MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002246
2247Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002248quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002249signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2250whitespaces and end with a newline.
2251
2252Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002253as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002254only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2255
2256By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002257displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002258with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2259
2260 :let mail_minlines = 30
2261
2262
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002263MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002264
2265In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2266errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2267feature off by using: >
2268
2269 :let make_no_commands = 1
2270
2271
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002272MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002273
2274Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2275supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2276The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2277highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2278
2279 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2280
2281to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2282choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22831, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2284$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2285
2286 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2287 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2288 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2289 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2290 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2291 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2292 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2293 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2294 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2295
2296
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002297MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2298
2299If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2300slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002301the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002302
2303 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2304
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002305If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2306documents you can enable like this: >
2307
2308 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2309
2310To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2311
2312 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2313
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002314
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002315MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002316
2317Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2318have the following in your .vimrc: >
2319
2320 let filetype_m = "mma"
2321
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002322MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2323
2324Be default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
2325headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2326
2327 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2328
2329If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2330and italic is possible by: >
2331
2332 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002333
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002334MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2335
2336Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2337dialect.
2338
2339The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2340
2341 taggedComment :=
2342 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2343 ;
2344
2345 dialectTag :=
2346 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2347 ;
2348
2349 reserved words
2350 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2351
2352A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2353lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2354additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2355
2356Example: >
2357
2358 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2359 ...
2360
2361Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2362dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2363defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2364
2365Example: >
2366
2367 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2368
2369
2370Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2371variables.
2372
2373Variable Highlight ~
2374*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2375*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2376*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2377
2378*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2379*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2380*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2381
2382*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2383
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002384MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002385
2386If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2387highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2388comments: >
2389
2390 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2391
2392To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2393
2394 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2395
2396To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2397'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2398
2399 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2400
2401Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2402
2403 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2404
2405To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2406
2407 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2408
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002409Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002410use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2411To enable this option: >
2412
2413 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2414
2415An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2416
2417 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2418
2419
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002420MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002421
2422There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2423
2424If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2425
2426 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2427
2428For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2429set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2430
2431 :let msql_minlines = 200
2432
2433
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002434N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2435
2436N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2437Couchbase Server databases.
2438
2439Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2440and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2441many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2442
2443
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002444NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002445
2446There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2447
2448If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2449errors, use this: >
2450
2451 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2452
2453If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2454
2455
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002456NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002457
2458The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2459activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2460can use them.
2461
2462For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002463processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002464features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2465|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002466
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002467 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002468
2469Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2470Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2471there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002472you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002473can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2474native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2475\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2476accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2477environments.
2478
2479In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2480follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2481
24821. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2483
24842. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2485 exclamation mark, etc.
2486
24873. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2488 carriage return.
2489
2490The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2491algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2492
2493Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2494furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2495vertical space input will be output as is.
2496
2497Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2498than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2499practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002500marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002501need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2503
2504 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2505
2506Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2507with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2508highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002509"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002510
2511 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2512 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2513 \ gui=reverse,bold
2514
2515If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2516with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2517file: >
2518
2519 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2520
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002521As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002522paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2523
2524Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2525groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2526
2527
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002528OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002529
2530The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2531.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2532
2533 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2534
2535you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2536by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2537
2538 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2539
2540prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2541contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2542
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002543PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2544
2545By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2546Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002547To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002548
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002549 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002550
2551The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2552
2553 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2554
2555To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2556
2557 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2558
2559This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2560
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002561 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002562 - image
2563 - block
2564 - subscript
2565 - superscript
2566 - strikeout
2567 - atx
2568 - codeblock_start
2569 - codeblock_delim
2570 - footnote
2571 - definition
2572 - list
2573 - newline
2574 - dashes
2575 - ellipses
2576 - quotes
2577 - inlinecode
2578 - inlinemath
2579
2580You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2581footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2582
2583 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2584
2585To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2586
2587 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2588
2589Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2590Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2591and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2592
2593 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2594
2595Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2596specified. Default = 1 >
2597
2598 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2599
2600For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2601list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2602can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2603
2604 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2605
2606To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2607
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002608 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002609
2610"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2611you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2612
2613To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2614
2615 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2616
2617Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2618Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2619
2620 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2621
2622The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2623
2624 :PandocHighlight LANG
2625
2626Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2627syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2628
2629 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2630
2631Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002632
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002633PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002634
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002635The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002636and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002637as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2638sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002639you set the variable: >
2640
2641 :let papp_include_html=1
2642
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002643in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002644sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002645edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002646
2647The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2648http://papp.plan9.de.
2649
2650
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002651PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002652
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002653Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2654could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2655or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002656
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002657 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2658 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002659
2660The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2661provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002662Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002663enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2664following line to your startup file: >
2665
2666 :let pascal_traditional=1
2667
2668To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2669keywords, etc): >
2670
2671 :let pascal_delphi=1
2672
2673
2674The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2675*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2676operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2677
2678 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2679
2680Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2681
2682 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2683
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002684Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002685pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2686match Turbo Pascal. >
2687
2688 :let pascal_gpc=1
2689
2690or >
2691
2692 :let pascal_fpc=1
2693
2694To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2695pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2696
2697 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2698
2699If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2700will be highlighted as Error. >
2701
2702 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2703
2704
2705
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002706PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002707
2708There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2709
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002710Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2711to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2712files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002713
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002714 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002715
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002716To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002717off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002718
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002719To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2720from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002721
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002722 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002723
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002724(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2725enabled it.)
2726
2727If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2728
2729 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2730
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002731(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002732
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002733The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2734be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002735perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2736
2737 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2738 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2739 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2740
2741(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2742
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002743The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002744synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2745If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002746then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2747you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002748
2749One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2750
2751 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2752 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2753
2754Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2755its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2756
2757 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2758
2759If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2760
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002761 :let perl_fold = 1
2762
2763If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2764
2765 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002766
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002767Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2768this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002769
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002770 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002771
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002772Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2773via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002774
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002775 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2776
2777Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2778behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2779
2780 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002781
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002782PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002784[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002785it has been renamed to "php"]
2786
2787There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2788
2789If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2790
2791 let php_sql_query = 1
2792
2793For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2794
2795 let php_baselib = 1
2796
2797Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2798
2799 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2800
2801Using the old colorstyle: >
2802
2803 let php_oldStyle = 1
2804
2805Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2806
2807 let php_asp_tags = 1
2808
2809Disable short tags: >
2810
2811 let php_noShortTags = 1
2812
2813For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2814
2815 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2816
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002817For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002818one: >
2819
2820 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2821
2822Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2823
2824 let php_folding = 1
2825
2826Selecting syncing method: >
2827
2828 let php_sync_method = x
2829
2830x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2831x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2832x = 0 to sync from start.
2833
2834
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002835PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2836
2837TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2838variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002839see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002840
2841This syntax file has the option >
2842
2843 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2844
2845if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2846
2847
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002848PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002849
2850PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2851
2852This syntax file has the options:
2853
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002854- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002855 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002856
2857 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002858 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002859
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002860 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002861 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002862 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002863
2864 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2865
2866- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2867 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2868
2869
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002870PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002871
2872There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2873
2874If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2875
2876 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2877
2878For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2879set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2880
2881 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2882
2883
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002884POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002885
2886There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2887
2888First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2889currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2890and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2891Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2892extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2893level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2894highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2895
2896 :let postscr_level=2
2897
2898If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2899the most prevalent version currently.
2900
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002901Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002902particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2903PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2904
2905If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2906Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2907follows: >
2908
2909 :let postscr_display=1
2910
2911If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2912Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2913postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2914
2915 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2916
2917PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2918useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2919cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2920character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2921explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2922highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2923
2924 :let postscr_fonts=1
2925 :let postscr_encodings=1
2926
2927There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2928PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2929operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2930if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2931operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2932or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2933highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2934postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2935
2936 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2937<
2938
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002939 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2940PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002941
2942This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2943
2944In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2945the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2946appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2947patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2948"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2949
2950For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2951files, add the following: >
2952
2953 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2954 \ set filetype=ptcap
2955
2956If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2957are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2958internal variable to a larger number: >
2959
2960 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2961
2962(The default is 20 lines.)
2963
2964
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002965PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002966
2967Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2968doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2969startup vimrc: >
2970 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2971The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2972Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2973 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2974 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2975
2976
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002977PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002979There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002980
2981For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002982 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002983
2984For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002985 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002986
2987For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002988 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2989
2990For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2991 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2992or >
2993 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002994The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002995
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002996For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002997 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002998
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002999If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003000 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003001This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3002unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003003
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003004If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3005you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003006Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3007 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003008This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3009
3010Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3011 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3012
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003013
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003014QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003015
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003016The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3017based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3018between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3019definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3020to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3021be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003022
3023set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3024 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3025
3026set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3027 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3028
3029set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3030 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3031
3032Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3033commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3034
3035
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003036R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3037
3038The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3039can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3040 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3041
3042You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3043 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3044
3045enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3046braces: >
3047 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3048
3049and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3050 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3051
3052
3053R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3054
3055To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3056 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3057
3058To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3059 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3060
3061To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3062 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3063
3064By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003065language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3066highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3067is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3068behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3069and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3070 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3071 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3072 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3073 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3074 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3075
3076If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3077list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3078the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003079 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3080
3081
3082R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3083
3084To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3085 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3086
3087
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003088RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3089
3090Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003091rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003092inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3093as rasi files: .rasi.
3094
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003095READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003096
3097The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003098few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003099items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3100command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3101 let readline_has_bash = 1
3102
3103This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3104later, and part earlier) adds.
3105
3106
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003107REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3108
3109Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3110language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3111the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3112
3113
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003114RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3115
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003116Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3117select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3118syntax list.
3119
3120To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003121 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003122
3123To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3124`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3125 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003126 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3127 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003128 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003129 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003130
3131To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3132 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3133
3134To enable folding of sections: >
3135 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3136
3137Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3138
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003139
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003140REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003141
3142If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3143when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3144to a larger number: >
3145 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3146This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3147displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3148number is that redrawing can become slow.
3149
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003150Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3151comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3152your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3153>
3154 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003156
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003157RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003158
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003159 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3160 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3161 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3162 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3163 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3164
3165 *ruby_operators*
3166 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3167
3168Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3169
3170 :let ruby_operators = 1
3171<
3172 *ruby_space_errors*
3173 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3174
3175Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3176
3177 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3178<
3179This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3180as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3181"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3182spaces respectively.
3183
3184 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3185 Ruby: Folding ~
3186
3187Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3188
3189 :let ruby_fold = 1
3190<
3191This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3192buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3193filetypes.
3194
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003195Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3196"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3197
3198You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3199
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003200 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003201<
3202The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3203
3204 keyword meaning ~
3205 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3206 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3207 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003208 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003209 def "def" block
3210 class "class" block
3211 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003212 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003213 begin "begin" block
3214 case "case" block
3215 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003216 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3217 [ Array literal
3218 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3219 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003220 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003221 : Symbol
3222 # Multiline comment
3223 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003224 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3225
3226 *ruby_no_expensive*
3227 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003228
3229By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003230of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003231experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3232you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003233
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003234 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003235<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003236In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3237
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003238 *ruby_minlines*
3239
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003240If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3241scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3242the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003243
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003244 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003245<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003246Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3247largest class or module.
3248
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003249 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3250 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003251
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003252Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3253"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003254
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003255 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003256<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003257
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003258SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003259
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003260By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003261
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003262scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3263Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003264
3265
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003266SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003267
3268The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3269of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3270
3271The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3272case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003273used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003274highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3275 :let sdl_2000=1
3276
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003277This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003278keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3279 :let SDL_no_96=1
3280
3281
3282The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3283satisfied with it for my own projects.
3284
3285
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003286SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003287
3288To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003289highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003290
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003291 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3292<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003293in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3294inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3295by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3296also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3297you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3298
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003299GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3300comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3301comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3302
3303 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3304<
3305Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3306not (yet) affected by this setting.
3307
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003308Bugs:
3309
3310 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3311 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3312 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3313 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3314 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3315 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3316
3317
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003318SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003319
3320The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3321
3322The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3323This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3324closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3325defined for you)
3326
3327Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3328names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3329
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003330Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003331names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3332
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003333Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003334are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3335text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3336<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3337
3338If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3339following syntax groups:
3340
3341 - sgmlBold
3342 - sgmlBoldItalic
3343 - sgmlUnderline
3344 - sgmlItalic
3345 - sgmlLink for links
3346
3347To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3348following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3349are read during initialization) >
3350 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3351
3352You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3353vimrc file: >
3354 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3355
3356(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3357
3358
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003359 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003360SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003361
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003362This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3363shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003364
3365Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003366various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003367
3368 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3369 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3370<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003371See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3372cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3373/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3374that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3375shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3376symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003377
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003378One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003379variables in your <.vimrc>:
3380
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003381 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003382 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003383< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003384 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003385< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003386 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003387< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003388 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003389
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003390< (dash users should use posix)
3391
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003392If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3393default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003394the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3395statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003396sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003397
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003398The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3399
3400 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3401 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3402 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3403 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003404>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003405then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003406syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3407to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003408
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003409 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3410
3411If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3412when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003413to a larger number. Example: >
3414
3415 let sh_minlines = 500
3416
3417This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3418displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3419number is that redrawing can become slow.
3420
3421If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3422reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3423
3424 let sh_maxlines = 100
3425<
3426The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3427speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3428
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003429syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003430unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003431for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3432the following line in your .vimrc: >
3433
3434 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3435<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003436
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003437 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3438 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003439
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003440You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3441Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3442file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3443
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003444 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003445 " ==============
3446 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3447 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3448 unlet b:current_syntax
3449 endif
3450 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3451 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3452 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3453 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3454 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3455<
3456This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3457 awk '...awk code here...'
3458be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3459extended to other languages.
3460
3461
3462SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3463(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003464
3465The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3466
3467- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3468 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3469 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3470
3471- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3472 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003473 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003474 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3475 them in the syntax file.
3476
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003477- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003478 highlighting of # style comments.
3479
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003480 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003481 number of #s.
3482
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003483 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003484 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003485
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003486 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003487 more than one #.
3488
3489Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003490PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003491fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3492the syntax file.
3493
3494
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003495SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3496 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003497 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003498
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003499While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3500custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3501SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003502
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003503Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3504scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3505supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3506buffer by buffer basis.
3507
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003508For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003509
3510
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003511SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3512
3513Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3514designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3515bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3516with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3517
3518
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003519TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003520
3521This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3522for how the filetype is detected.
3523
3524Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003525is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3526add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003527
3528 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3529
3530If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3531when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3532to a larger number: >
3533
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003534 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003535
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003536This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3537displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3538synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3539tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3540redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003541
3542
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003543TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003544 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003545
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003546 Tex Contents~
3547 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3548 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3549 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3550 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3551 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3552 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3553 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3554 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3555 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3556 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3557 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3558 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3559 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003560 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003561 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003562
3563 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003564 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003565
3566As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3567sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3568 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3569in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3570modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3571 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003572If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003573 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003574<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003575 *g:tex_nospell*
3576 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3577
3578If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3579 let g:tex_nospell=1
3580into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3581comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3582
3583 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003584 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003585
3586Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3587prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3588this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3589 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003590If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3591see |g:tex_nospell|.
3592
3593 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003594 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003595
3596Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3597one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3598want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3599 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003600<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003601 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003602 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003603
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003604The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3605highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3606texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3607terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3608as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003609special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3610 %stopzone
3611which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3612texMathZone.
3613
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003614 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003615 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003616
3617If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3618 :syn sync maxlines=200
3619 :syn sync minlines=50
3620(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003621increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003622if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3623
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003624Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3625|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3626
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003627 *g:tex_fast*
3628
3629Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3630
3631 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3632
3633in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3634highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3635synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3636price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3637folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3638
3639You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3640selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3641
3642 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3643 c : allow texComment syntax
3644 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3645 M : allow texMath syntax
3646 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3647 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3648 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3649 S : allow texStyle syntax
3650 v : allow verbatim syntax
3651 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3652<
3653As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3654but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003655(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003656
3657 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003658 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003659
3660LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3661of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3662package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3663it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3664techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003665by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3666which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3667http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003668
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003669I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3670
3671 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3672<
3673The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3674
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003675 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003676 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003677
3678The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3679although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3680errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3681you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003682 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003683and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003684
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003685 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003686 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003687
3688If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3689code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003690 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3691You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3692(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3693As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3694 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3695You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3696and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3697The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3698has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003699
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003700 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003701 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003702
3703One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3704commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3705following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3706such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3707
3708 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3709 :set ft=tex
3710
3711Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3712always accept such use of @.
3713
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003714 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003715 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003716
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003717If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3718number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3719including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3720superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3721superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3722In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3723
3724One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3725with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003726
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003727 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003728 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3729
3730You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003731<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3732for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003733
3734 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003735 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003736 d = delimiters
3737 m = math symbols
3738 g = Greek
3739 s = superscripts/subscripts
3740<
3741By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3742substitution will not be made.
3743
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003744 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3745 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3746
3747Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3748keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3749syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3750
3751 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3752 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3753 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003754 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003755 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3756 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3757 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003758 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003759
3760 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3761 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3762
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003763 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3764 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3765
3766 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3767
3768 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3769 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3770
3771 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3772 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3773 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3774 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3775
3776 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3777 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3778<
3779 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3780 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3781 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3782< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3783 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3784
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003785 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3786 Tex: Match Check Control~
3787
3788 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003789 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3790 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003791 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3792 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3793 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3794< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3795 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3796 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3797< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3798 regions, >
3799 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3800< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003801
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003802TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003803
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003804There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3805
3806For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3807set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3808
3809 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3810<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003811TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3812 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3813
3814There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3815
3816 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3817When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3818are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3819
3820 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3821<
3822The default value is 1.
3823
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003824TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3825
3826 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3827Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3828|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3829names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3830
3831 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3832
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003833VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3834 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003835There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003836updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3837g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3838improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003839
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003840 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3841 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3842<
3843 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3844 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003845
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003846 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3847The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3848embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003849
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003850 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003851 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3852 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3853 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3854 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3855 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3856 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003857<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003858By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003859itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003860types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3861mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003862 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003863Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003864
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003865 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3866 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3867 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003868 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3869 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003870 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3871 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3872 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3873 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3874 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3875 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003876<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003877
3878By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003879to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
3880g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003881
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003882 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
3883By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
3884setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
3885
3886 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003887Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3888is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003889highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003890
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003891 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3892<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003893
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003894
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003895WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3896
3897The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3898with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3899bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3900https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3901
3902
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003903XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003904
3905The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3906variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3907You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3908xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3909your .vimrc. Example: >
3910 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3911When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3912
3913Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3914"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3915highlighted.
3916
3917
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003918XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003919
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003920Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003921setting a global variable: >
3922
3923 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3924<
3925 *xml-folding*
3926The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003927start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003928
3929 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3930 :set foldmethod=syntax
3931
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003932Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003933especially for large files.
3934
3935
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003936X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003937
3938xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3939XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3940you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3941
3942To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3943somewhere else with "P".
3944
3945Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3946 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003947 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003948 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003949 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3950 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003951 :endfunction
3952 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3953 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3954This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3955It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3956must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3957
3958It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3959 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3960
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003961
3962YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3963
3964 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003965A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3966non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3967plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3968and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3969integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003970will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3971
3972Schema Description ~
3973failsafe No additional highlighting.
3974json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3975core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003976pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3977 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3978 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003979 schema.
3980
3981Default schema is `core`.
3982
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003983Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3984only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003985difference defined in the syntax file.
3986
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003987
3988ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3989
3990The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3991
3992 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3993
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003994==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010039956. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003996
3997Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3998
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000039991. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004000 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4001 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4002 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4003 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4004 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4005 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004006
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040072. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004008 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4009
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040103. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004011 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4012 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4013 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4014
4015Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4016you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4017to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4018and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4019"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4020one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4021This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4022each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4023for a lot of groups.
4024
4025Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4026group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4027for the syntax group with the same name.
4028
4029In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4030defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4031using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4032match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4033keyword with ignoring case.
4034
4035
4036PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4037
4038When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4039
40401. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4041 defined last has priority.
40422. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
40433. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4044 start in later positions.
4045
4046
4047DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4048
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004049:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004050 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4051 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4052 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4053 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4054
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004055:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004056 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004057
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004058
4059DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4060
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004061:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4062:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004063 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4064 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4065
4066 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4067 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4068
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004069 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004070 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4071 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4072 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4073
4074:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004075 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4076 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004077
4078 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4079
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004080SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4081
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004082:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4083:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4084:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004085 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4086 in a syntax item:
4087
4088 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4089 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4090 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4091
4092 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4093 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4094 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4095
4096 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4097
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004098:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004099 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4100 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004101
4102
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004103SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4104
4105:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4106 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4107 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4108
4109 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4110 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004111 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004112
4113 Example: >
4114 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4115<
4116 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4117 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4118 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4119
4120 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4121
4122 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004123 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004124 match.
4125
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004126 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4127 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004128 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004129
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004130DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4131
4132:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4133
4134 This defines a number of keywords.
4135
4136 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4137 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4138 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4139
4140 Example: >
4141 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4142<
4143 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4144 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4145 These examples do exactly the same: >
4146 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4147 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4148 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004149< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004150 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4151 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4152 variations at once: >
4153 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4154<
4155 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4156 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4157 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4158 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4159 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004160 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004161
4162 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4163 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4164 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4165
4166 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4167 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4168 instead.
4169
4170 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4171
4172 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4173 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4174 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004175 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004176 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4177 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4178< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4179 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4180 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4181
4182
4183DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4184
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004185:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4186 [excludenl]
4187 [keepend]
4188 {pattern}
4189 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004190
4191 This defines one match.
4192
4193 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4194 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4195 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4196 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4197 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004198 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4199 match with the end pattern. See
4200 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004201 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4202 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4203 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4204 line, which makes the match depend on where
4205 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4206 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4207
4208 Example (match a character constant): >
4209 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4210<
4211
4212DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4213 *E398* *E399*
4214:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4215 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4216 [keepend]
4217 [extend]
4218 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004219 start={start-pattern} ..
4220 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4221 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004222 [{options}]
4223
4224 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4225
4226 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4227 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4228 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4229 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4230 for the text in between the matched start and
4231 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4232 a different group for the start or end match.
4233 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4234 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4235 match with the end pattern. See
4236 |:syn-keepend|.
4237 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004238 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004239 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4240 extend a containing match or item. Only
4241 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4242 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004243 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004244 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004245 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004246 the region where not to look for the end
4247 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004248 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004249 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4250
4251 Example: >
4252 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4253<
4254 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4255 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4256 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4257 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4258 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4259 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4260
4261 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4262 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4263 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4264 the end patterns.
4265
4266 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4267 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4268 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4269
4270 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4271 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4272 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4273 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4274
4275 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4276 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4277 work: >
4278 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4279 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4280< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4281 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4282 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4283 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4284 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4285< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4286 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4287
4288 *:syn-keepend*
4289 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4290 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4291 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4292 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4293 { starts outer "{}" region
4294 { starts contained "{}" region
4295 } ends contained "{}" region
4296 } ends outer "{} region
4297 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4298 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4299 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4300 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4301 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4302 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4303 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4304< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4305 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4306
4307 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4308 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4309 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4310 contained matches.
4311 *:syn-extend*
4312 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4313 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4314 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4315 extended.
4316 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4317 others don't. Example: >
4318
4319 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4320 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4321 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4322
4323< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4324 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4325 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4326
4327 Another example: >
4328 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4329< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4330 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4331 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4332 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4333 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4334
4335 *:syn-excludenl*
4336 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4337 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4338 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4339 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4340 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4341 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4342 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4343 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4344 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4345 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4346 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4347 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4348 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4349
4350 *:syn-matchgroup*
4351 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4352 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4353 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4354< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4355 between with the "String" group.
4356 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4357 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4358 using a matchgroup.
4359
4360 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4361 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4362 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4363 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4364 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4365
4366 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4367 different colors: >
4368 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4369 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4370 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4371 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4372 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4373 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004374<
4375 *E849*
4376The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004377
4378==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043797. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004380
4381The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4382The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4383and may be mixed with patterns.
4384
4385Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4386can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004387 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004388 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4389:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4390:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4391:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004392
4393These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004394 conceal
4395 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004396 contained
4397 containedin
4398 nextgroup
4399 transparent
4400 skipwhite
4401 skipnl
4402 skipempty
4403
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004404conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4405
4406When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004407Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004408'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4409concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4410edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004411
4412Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4413bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004414
4415concealends *:syn-concealends*
4416
4417When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4418the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4419Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4420'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004421in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4422|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4423items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004424
4425cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004426 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004427The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4428when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4429argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004430character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4431a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004432 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004433See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004434
4435contained *:syn-contained*
4436
4437When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4438the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4439another match. Example: >
4440 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4441 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4442
4443
4444display *:syn-display*
4445
4446If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4447detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4448by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4449to be displayed.
4450
4451Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4452conditions:
4453- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4454 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4455 line.
4456- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4457 make it continue on the next line.
4458- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4459 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4460 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4461- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4462 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4463 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4464 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4465
4466Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4467- match with a number
4468- match with a label
4469
4470
4471transparent *:syn-transparent*
4472
4473If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4474itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4475is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4476only to skip over a part of the text.
4477
4478The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4479unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4480avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4481highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4482 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4483 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4484 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4485 :hi link myString String
4486 :hi link myWord Comment
4487Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4488match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4489argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4490it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4491out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004492"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004493happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4494position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4495
4496When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4497items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4498see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4499through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4500
4501 look from here
4502
4503 | | | | | |
4504 V V V V V V
4505
4506 xxxx yyy more contained items
4507 .................... contained item (transparent)
4508 ============================= first item
4509
4510The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4511transparent group.
4512
4513What you see is:
4514
4515 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4516
4517Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4518
4519
4520oneline *:syn-oneline*
4521
4522The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4523boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4524region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4525the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4526continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4527line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4528
4529When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4530pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4531end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4532means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4533be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4534line break.
4535
4536
4537fold *:syn-fold*
4538
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004539The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004540Example: >
4541 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4542 :syn sync fromstart
4543 :set foldmethod=syntax
4544This will make each {} block form one fold.
4545
4546The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4547ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4548The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004549See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4550from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004551{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4552
4553
4554 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004555contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004556
4557The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4558groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4559containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4560regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4561this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4562here.
4563
4564contains=ALL
4565 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4566 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4567
4568contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4569 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4570 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4571 are listed. Example: >
4572 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4573
4574contains=TOP
4575 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4576 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4577 argument.
4578contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4579 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4580
4581contains=CONTAINED
4582 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4583 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4584 argument.
4585contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4586 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4587 listed.
4588
4589
4590The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4591that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4592The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4593 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4594The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4595that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4596command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4597syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4598the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4599group names.
4600
4601The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4602region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4603|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4604region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4605area that is highlighted
4606
4607
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004608containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004609
4610The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4611item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4612containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4613
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004614The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004615
4616This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4617be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4618of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4619the C syntax: >
4620 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4621Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4622level.
4623
4624Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4625appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4626keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4627work.
4628
4629
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004630nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004631
4632The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4633separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4634
4635If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4636tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4637a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4638will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4639current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4640other groups. Example: >
4641 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4642 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4643 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4644
4645This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4646"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4647highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4648
4649 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4650 fff bbb fff bbb
4651
4652Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4653when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4654highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4655would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4656
4657
4658skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4659skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4660skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4661
4662These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4663used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004664 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004665 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4666 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4667
4668When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4669next group that matches the white space.
4670
4671When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4672line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4673line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4674the current item in the same line.
4675
4676When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4677groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4678for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4679space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4680
4681Example: >
4682 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4683 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4684 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4685Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4686match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4687precedence.
4688Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4689"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4690example).
4691
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004692IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4693
4694:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4695 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4696 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4697 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4698 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4699 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4700 given explicitly.
4701
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004702:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004703 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004704
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004705==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010047068. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004707
4708In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4709characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4710use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4711use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4712 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4713 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4714
4715See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004716always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004717value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4718not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4719independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4720
4721Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4722This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4723
4724 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4725The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4726change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4727match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4728are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4729pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4730
4731The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4732The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4733
4734ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4735me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4736hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4737he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4738rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4739re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4740lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4741
4742The {offset} can be:
4743
4744s start of the matched pattern
4745s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4746s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4747e end of the matched pattern
4748e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4749e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004750{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004751
4752Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4753
4754Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4755meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4756
4757 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4758match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4759region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4760region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4761region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4762
4763Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4764 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4765<
4766 some "string" text
4767 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4768
4769Notes:
4770- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4771 offset(s).
4772- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4773- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4774 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004775- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004776 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004777 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004778- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4779 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4780 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4781
4782Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4783 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4784<
4785 /* this is a comment */
4786 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4787
4788A more complicated Example: >
4789 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4790<
4791 abcfoostringbarabc
4792 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004793 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004794
4795Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4796
4797Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4798with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004799in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004800
4801The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4802be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4803cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4804characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4805used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4806specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4807
4808 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4809 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4810 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4811<
4812 ___zzzz ___wwww
4813 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4814 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4815 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4816
4817The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4818unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4819
4820
4821Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4822
4823The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4824expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4825
4826When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4827allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004828following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4829the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004830
4831The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4832continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4833matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4834halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4835previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4836is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4837 x x a
4838 b x x
4839Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4840after the "\n".
4841
4842
4843External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4844
4845These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4846
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004847 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004848 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4849 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4850 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004851
4852 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4853 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4854 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4855 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4856
4857Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4858sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4859shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4860items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4861referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4862example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4863 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4864
4865As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4866it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004867changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004868first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4869also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004870 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004871
4872Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4873indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4874to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4875Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4876within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4877sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4878the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4879
4880Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4881cannot be referred to.
4882
4883==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048849. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004885
4886:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4887 [add={group-name}..]
4888 [remove={group-name}..]
4889
4890This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4891single name.
4892
4893 contains={group-name}..
4894 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4895 add={group-name}..
4896 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4897 remove={group-name}..
4898 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4899
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004900A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4901nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4902this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004903
4904Example: >
4905 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4906 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4907
4908As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4909retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4910to speak: >
4911 :syntax keyword A aaa
4912 :syntax keyword B bbb
4913 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4914 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4915 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4916
4917This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4918 :syntax keyword A aaa
4919 :syntax keyword B bbb
4920 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4921 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4922 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4923 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4924 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004925<
4926 *E848*
4927The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004928
4929==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100493010. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004931
4932It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4933a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4934two different ways:
4935
4936 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4937 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4938 the |:runtime| command: >
4939
4940 " In cpp.vim:
4941 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4942 :unlet b:current_syntax
4943
4944< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4945 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4946 ":syntax include" command:
4947
4948:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4949
4950 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4951 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4952 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4953 that list. >
4954
4955 " In perl.vim:
4956 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4957 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4958<
4959 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4960 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4961 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4962 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4963 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004964 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4965 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004966
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004967 *E847*
4968The maximum number of includes is 999.
4969
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004970==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100497111. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004972
4973Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4974make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4975redrawing starts.
4976
4977:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4978
4979There are four ways to synchronize:
49801. Always parse from the start of the file.
4981 |:syn-sync-first|
49822. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4983 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4984 |:syn-sync-second|
49853. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4986 |:syn-sync-third|
49874. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4988 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4989
4990 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4991For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4992limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4993
4994If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4995that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4996lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4997
4998If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4999for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5000adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5001slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005002 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005003<
5004 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5005When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5006cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5007start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5008the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5009break use this: >
5010 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5011The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5012change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5013value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5014
5015
5016First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5017>
5018 :syntax sync fromstart
5019
5020The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5021accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5022so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005023when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005024case: to the end of the file).
5025
5026Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5027
5028
5029Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5030
5031For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5032Example: >
5033 :syntax sync ccomment
5034
5035When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5036comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5037used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5038An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5039 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5040This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5041used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5042region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5043
5044The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5045lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5046lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5047lines, but it hard to sync on).
5048
5049Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5050that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5051is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5052chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5053is hardly ever noticed.
5054
5055
5056Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5057
5058For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5059Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5060means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5061Example: >
5062 :syntax sync minlines=50
5063
5064"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5065
5066
5067Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5068
5069The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5070sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5071region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5072starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5073the search continues backwards in the file.
5074
5075This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5076matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5077- Keywords cannot be used.
5078- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5079 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5080- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5081 forwards.
5082- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5083 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5084 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005085 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005086- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5087 group of continued lines).
5088- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5089 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5090 line (or group of continued lines).
5091- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5092 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
5093 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5094 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5095
5096There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
50971. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5098 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5099 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5100 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
51012. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5102 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5103 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5104 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5105Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5106
5107Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5108avoid finding unwanted matches.
5109
5110[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5111search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5112highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5113faster.]
5114
5115 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5116 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5117
5118 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5119 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5120 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5121 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5122 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5123
5124 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5125 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5126
5127 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5128 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5129 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5130 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5131 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5132 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5133 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5134 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5135 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5136 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5137
5138 :syntax sync match ..
5139 :syntax sync region ..
5140
5141 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5142 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5143
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005144 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005145 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5146
5147 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5148 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5149 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5150
5151If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5152searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5153few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5154 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5155
5156You can clear all sync settings with: >
5157 :syntax sync clear
5158
5159You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5160 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5161
5162==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100516312. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005164
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005165This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005166
5167 :sy[ntax] [list]
5168
5169To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5170
5171 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5172
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005173To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005174
5175 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5176
5177See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5178
5179Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5180is mostly used, because it looks better.
5181
5182==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100518313. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005184
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005185In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005186and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5187of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005188
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005189 colorscheme pablo
5190<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005191 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005192:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5193 This is basically the same as >
5194 :echo g:colors_name
5195< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5196 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5197 feature it will output "unknown".
5198
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005199:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005200 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005201 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005202 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5203 "start" and then under "opt".
5204
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005205 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005206 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005207
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005208You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5209appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5210the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5211darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005212
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005213 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5214 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005215<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005216For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5217use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5218the original color scheme: >
5219 runtime colors/evening.vim
5220 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005221
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005222Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5223(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5224autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5225|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5226
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005227 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005228If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5229using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5230color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5231 augroup my_colorschemes
5232 au!
5233 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5234 augroup END
5235
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005236Change a couple more colors: >
5237 augroup my_colorschemes
5238 au!
5239 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005240 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005241 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5242 augroup END
5243
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005244If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5245colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5246 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5247 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5248
5249With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5250different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5251group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5252you can find them here:
5253https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5254
5255For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5256 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5257
5258
5259==============================================================================
526014. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5261
5262There are three types of highlight groups:
5263- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5264 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5265 linked to a group of the second type.
5266- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5267- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5268 *hitest.vim*
5269You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5270 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5271This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5272in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005273
5274:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5275 attributes set.
5276
5277:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5278 List one highlight group.
5279
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005280 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005281:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005282 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005283 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5284 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005285 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005286
5287:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5288:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5289 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5290 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5291
5292:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5293 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005294 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005295 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005296 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005297 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5298 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5299 argument.
5300
5301Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5302default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5303highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5304values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5305the default value.
5306
5307A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5308a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5309
5310 :hi Comment gui=bold
5311
5312Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5313specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5314result is like this single command has been used: >
5315 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5316<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005317 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005318When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5319also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5320 :verbose hi Comment
5321< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005322 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005323
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005324When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5325mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005326
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005327 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5328There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5329term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005330cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005331 termcap entry)
5332gui the GUI
5333
5334For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5335the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5336
53371. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5338
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005339 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005340 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5341 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5342 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005343term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005344 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005345 following items (in any order):
5346 bold
5347 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005348 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005349 underdouble not always available
5350 underdotted not always available
5351 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005352 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005353 reverse
5354 inverse same as reverse
5355 italic
5356 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005357 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005358 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5359
5360 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5361 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005362 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005363 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005364 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005365 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5366 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5367 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5368 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5369 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5370
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005371< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5372 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5373 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5374 have to specify the codes like this: >
5375 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5376 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5377 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5378< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5379 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5380 fallback.
5381
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005382
5383start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5384stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5385 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5386 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5387
5388 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5389 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5390 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5391 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5392 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5393 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5394 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5395
5396 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5397
5398 1. A string with escape sequences.
5399 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5400 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5401 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5402 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5403
5404 2. A list of terminal codes.
5405 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5406 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5407 White space is not allowed. Example:
5408 start=t_C1,t_BL
5409 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5410
5411
54122. highlight arguments for color terminals
5413
5414cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5415 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5416 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5417 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5418 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005419 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5420 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5421 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005422
5423ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5424ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005425ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5426 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5427 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5428
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005429 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5430 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5431 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5432 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5433 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5434 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5435
5436 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5437 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5438 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5439 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5440 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005441 *tmux*
5442 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5443 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005444 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5445 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005446< More info at:
5447 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5448 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005449
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005450 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5451 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5452 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005453 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5454 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5455
5456 *cterm-colors*
5457 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5458 0 0 Black
5459 1 4 DarkBlue
5460 2 2 DarkGreen
5461 3 6 DarkCyan
5462 4 1 DarkRed
5463 5 5 DarkMagenta
5464 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5465 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5466 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5467 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5468 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5469 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5470 12 1* Red, LightRed
5471 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5472 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5473 15 7* White
5474
5475 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5476 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5477 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5478 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5479 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5480 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5481 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5482 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5483 a number instead of a color name.
5484
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005485 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5486 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005487 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005488 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5489 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005490
5491 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5492 colors!
5493
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005494 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5495
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005496 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5497 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5498 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5499 Example: >
5500 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5501< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005502 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5503 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5504 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5505 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5506 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005507 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005508 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005509 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005510
5511 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5512 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5513 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5514 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005515 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5516 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5517 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5518 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5519 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005520 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5521< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005522 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005523 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5524
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005525ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5526 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5527 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5528 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5529 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5530 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5531 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5532 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005533
55343. highlight arguments for the GUI
5535
5536gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5537 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5538 See |attr-list| for a description.
5539 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5540 have the same effect.
5541 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5542
5543font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5544 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5545 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5546 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5547<
5548 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5549 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5550 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5551 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005552 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005553 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5554 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5555 changed.
5556 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5557 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5558 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005559 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5560 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5561 Example: >
5562 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005563
5564guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5565guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005566guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5567 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005568 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5569 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005570 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005571 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005572 bg use normal background color
5573 background use normal background color
5574 fg use normal foreground color
5575 foreground use normal foreground color
5576 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5577 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5578 Example: >
5579 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5580<
5581 *gui-colors*
5582 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5583 Red LightRed DarkRed
5584 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5585 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5586 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5587 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5588 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5589 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5590 Black White
5591 Orange Purple Violet
5592
5593 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5594 |win32-colors|.
5595
5596 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5597 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5598 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005599 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005600 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005601 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005602 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005603<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005604 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005605 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5606 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005607
5608 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5609 # override it.
5610 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5611 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5612<
5613 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5614 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5615 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5616 scheme: >
5617
5618 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5619 colorscheme alt
5620<
5621 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5622 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5623 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5624 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5625 by a color scheme using: >
5626
5627 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5628 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5629<
5630
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005631 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5632These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5633'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5634of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5635command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005636When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5637unreadable use Visual selection.
5638
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005639 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005640ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005641 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005642Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5643 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005644 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005645Cursor Character under the cursor.
5646lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5647 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005648 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005649CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005650 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005651CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005652 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005653CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005654 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005655Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005656 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005657DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005658 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005659DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005660 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005661DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005662 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005663DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005664 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005665EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005666 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005667 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005668ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005669 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005670VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005671 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005672Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005673 *hl-FoldColumn*
5674FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5675 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005676SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005677 *hl-IncSearch*
5678IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005679 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005680 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005681LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005682 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005683 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5684LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5685 option is set, above the cursor line.
5686 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5687LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5688 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005689 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005690CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5691 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005692 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5693CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005694 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5695CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005696 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005697MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005698 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005699 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005700MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5701 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005702 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005703ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005704 *hl-MsgArea*
5705MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5706 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005707 *hl-MoreMsg*
5708MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5709 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005710NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5711 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5712 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5713 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5714 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005715 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005716Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005717 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005718Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005719 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005720PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005721 *hl-PmenuKind*
5722PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5723 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5724PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5725 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5726PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5727 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5728PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005729 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005730PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005731 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5732PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005733 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005734PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005735 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005736PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005737 *hl-PopupNotification*
5738PopupNotification
5739 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5740 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005741 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005742Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005743 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5744QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005745 *hl-Search*
5746Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005747 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005748 *hl-CurSearch*
5749CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005750 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5751 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005752 *hl-SpecialKey*
5753SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5754 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005755 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005756 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005757 *hl-SpellBad*
5758SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5759 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005760 *hl-SpellCap*
5761SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5762 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005763 *hl-SpellLocal*
5764SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5765 used in another region. |spell|
5766 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5767 *hl-SpellRare*
5768SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5769 hardly ever used. |spell|
5770 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005771 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005772StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005773 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5774StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005775 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005776 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005777 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005778StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005779 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005780StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5781 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005782 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005783TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005784 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005785TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005786 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005787TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005788 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005789Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005790 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005791Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005792 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005793Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005794 *hl-VisualNOS*
5795VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5796 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5797 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005798WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005799 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005800WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005801
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005802 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005803The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005804statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005805
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005806For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005807scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5808Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5809and guifg.
5810
5811 *hl-Menu*
5812Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5813 Also used for the toolbar.
5814 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5815
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005816 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005817 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5818 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5819 set.
5820
5821 *hl-Scrollbar*
5822Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5823 scrollbars.
5824 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5825
5826 *hl-Tooltip*
5827Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5828 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5829
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005830 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005831 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5832 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5833 set.
5834
5835==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100583615. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005837
5838When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5839can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5840group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5841
5842To set a link:
5843
5844 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5845
5846To remove a link:
5847
5848 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5849
5850Notes: *E414*
5851- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5852 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5853- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5854 removed.
5855- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5856 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5857 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5858 links for groups that already have settings.
5859
5860 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5861The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5862group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5863will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5864
5865Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5866specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5867 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5868If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5869 :highlight link cComment Question
5870Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5871overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5872
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005873To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5874highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5875another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5876"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5877 highlight! default link cComment Question
5878
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005879==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100588016. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005881
5882If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5883command: >
5884 :syntax clear
5885
5886This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5887or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5888in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5889load the syntax file.
5890The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5891loaded after this command.
5892
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005893To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5894 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5895This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5896
5897To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5898 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5899This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5900
5901 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005902If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5903the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5904 :syntax off
5905
5906What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5907 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5908See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5909$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5910
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005911 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5912If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5913defaults back: >
5914
5915 :syntax reset
5916
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005917It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5918affects the highlighting.
5919
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005920This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5921
5922Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5923back to their Vim default.
5924Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5925scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5926
5927What this actually does is: >
5928
5929 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5930 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5931
5932Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5933
5934 *syncolor*
5935If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5936script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5937'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5938the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5939reset" command.
5940
5941For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5942
5943 if &background == "light"
5944 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5945 else
5946 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5947 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005948<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005949 *E679*
5950Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5951'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5952endless loop.
5953
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005954Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5955your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5956depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5957
5958 *syntax_cmd*
5959The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5960syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005961 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005962 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005963 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5964 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5965 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005966 the colors.
5967 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5968 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5969 them.
5970
5971==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100597217. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005973
5974If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5975mappings.
5976
5977 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5978 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5979>
5980 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5981 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5982
5983WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5984memory Vim will consume.
5985
5986Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005987must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5988at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005989
5990Put these lines in your Makefile:
5991
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005992# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005993types: types.vim
5994types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005995 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005996 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5997 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5998
5999And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6000
6001 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006002 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006003 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006004 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006005 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6006
6007==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100600818. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006009
6010Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6011possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6012private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6013with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6014highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6015italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6016
6017To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6018windows on the buffer: >
6019 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006020< *w:current_syntax*
6021This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6022"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6023restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6024"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6025"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01006026Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006027
6028Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006029on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006030syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006031same buffer.
6032
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006033A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6034is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6035When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006036
6037==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100603819. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006039
6040Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6041default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6042 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6043 : if has("terminfo")
6044 : set t_Co=8
6045 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6046 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6047 : else
6048 : set t_Co=8
6049 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6050 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6051 : endif
6052 :endif
6053< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6054
6055You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6056e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6057
6058Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6059be wrong.
6060 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6061The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6062But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6063 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6064 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6065<
6066 *colortest.vim*
6067To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006068To use it, execute this command: >
6069 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006070
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006071Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006072output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6073at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6074colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6075
6076 *xfree-xterm*
6077To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006078included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006079at: >
6080 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6081Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6082termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6083supports. >
6084 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6085If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6086(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6087
6088This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6089 :if has("terminfo")
6090 : set t_Co=16
6091 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6092 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6093 :else
6094 : set t_Co=16
6095 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6096 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6097 :endif
6098< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6099
6100Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6101translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6102Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6103
6104For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6105
6106 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6107 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6108
6109Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6110and try if that works.
6111
6112You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6113 XTerm*color0: #000000
6114 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6115 XTerm*color2: #008000
6116 XTerm*color3: #808000
6117 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6118 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6119 XTerm*color6: #008080
6120 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6121 XTerm*color8: #808080
6122 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6123 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6124 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6125 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6126 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6127 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6128 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6129 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6130
6131[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6132cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006133newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006134
6135To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6136Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6137 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6138<
6139 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6140To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6141Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6142these resources:
6143 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6144 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6145 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6146 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6147
6148 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006149These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006150foreground colors: >
6151 :if has("terminfo")
6152 : set t_Co=8
6153 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6154 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6155 :else
6156 : set t_Co=8
6157 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6158 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6159 :endif
6160< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6161
6162 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6163These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6164emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6165bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6166 :set t_Co=16
6167 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6168 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6169<
6170 *TTpro-telnet*
6171These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6172open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6173 set t_Co=16
6174 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6175 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6176Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6177that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6178(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6179
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006180
6181==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100618220. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006183
6184This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6185
6186If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6187faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6188as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6189
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006190Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006191You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6192
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006193To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6194sequence: >
6195 :syntime on
6196 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6197 :syntime report
6198
6199This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6200it took to match them against the text.
6201
6202:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6203 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6204 matching.
6205
6206:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6207
6208:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6209
6210:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6211 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6212 the output.
6213
6214 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6215 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6216 matching this pattern.
6217 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6218 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6219 matched
6220 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6221 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6222 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6223 this is not unique.
6224 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6225
6226Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6227include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6228pattern does NOT match.
6229
6230When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6231all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6232literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6233
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006234"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006235 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006236"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006237
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006238
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006239 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: